1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10627 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10638 For the font size there are four possible values:
10655 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The font sizes are the
10664 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10665 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10666 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10682 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10713 dialog, see section
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10732 \begin_layout Subsection
10733 Using Different Character Styles
10737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10758 certain paragraph environments.
10759 LyX supports two character styles,
10768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10777 style, do one of the following:
10780 \begin_layout Itemize
10781 click on the toolbar button
10782 \begin_inset Graphics
10783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 use the key binding
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 These commands are all toggles.
10806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 One typically uses the
10814 style for proper names.
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10823 is the original author of LyX.
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 A more widely used character style is the
10836 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10843 \begin_layout Itemize
10844 clicking on the toolbar button
10845 \begin_inset Graphics
10846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10853 \begin_layout Itemize
10854 using the keybindings
10857 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10869 es use a different font.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10873 We've been using the
10877 style all over the place in this document.
10878 Here's one more example:
10881 \begin_layout Quotation
10884 Don't overuse character styles!
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Fine-Tuning with the
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10924 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10943 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10944 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10945 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10946 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10947 from ordinary dialog.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10952 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10956 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10957 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To use custom character styles, open the
10963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 \begin_inset space ~
10971 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10972 font property which you can choose.
10973 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10976 \begin_inset space ~
10981 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10986 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10987 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10988 environments in a snap.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 The possible options are:
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11032 This is the Roman font family.
11033 Normally a serif font.
11034 It's also the default family.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 \begin_inset Note Note
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11073 It is explained in section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11092 \begin_layout Labeling
11093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11104 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_layout Labeling
11143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 This is the Typewriter font family.
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This corresponds to the print weight.
11202 \begin_layout Labeling
11203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 This is the Medium font series.
11209 It's also the default series.
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11220 This is the Bold font series.
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Labeling
11260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11265 As the name implies.
11270 \begin_layout Labeling
11271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11276 This is the Upright font shape.
11277 It's also the default shape.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 s the Italic font shape
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Slanted font shape
11311 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11314 \begin_layout Labeling
11315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11326 This is the Small caps font shape
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 Alters the size of the font.
11340 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11341 nal to the document font size.
11342 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11343 what you want to do.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 It's also the default size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 \begin_layout Labeling
11744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12147 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12148 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12149 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12150 - use that instead.
12151 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with emphasize on
12176 This might seem like the same as
12180 , but it is actually a bit different.
12186 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12188 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is text with Underbar on.
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12237 \begin_inset Newline newline
12242 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12243 when you couldn't change fonts.
12244 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12245 It's only included in LyX because some people
12249 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with Noun on.
12267 , this is a logical attribute.
12268 Normally it's equivalent to
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12287 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 , which is the default
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and means normally black, you can choose between
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12356 the language of the document.
12357 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12363 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 dialog, the settings are saved.
12373 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12374 \begin_inset Graphics
12375 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12380 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12381 when the dialog isn't visible.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12511 \begin_inset Note Note
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12515 For more on phantoms see section
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12522 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12532 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_layout Itemize
12543 fonts use characters with serifs.
12544 These are the small
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12553 The following example will show the difference:
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 text without serifs
12566 \begin_inset Newline newline
12569 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12570 They are therefore used as default font (named
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12583 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12584 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12589 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12592 \begin_layout Section
12593 Printing and Previewing
12596 \begin_layout Subsection
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12602 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12603 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12604 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12605 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12608 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12618 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12619 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12620 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12621 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12622 This happens in two stages:
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12626 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12627 generating a file with the extension,
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 \begin_layout Enumerate
12643 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12647 file to produce printable output.
12651 \begin_layout Subsection
12652 Output file formats
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12665 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 File formats ! ASCII
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12715 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12751 it manually with console commands.
12752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12753 you view or export your document.
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 This file type has the extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12815 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12830 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12831 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12836 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12837 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12838 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12839 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 File formats ! PostScript
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 This file type has the extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 PostScript was developed by the company
12884 as printer language.
12885 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12887 PostScript can be seen as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 programming language
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12920 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Encapsulated PostScript
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (EPS, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12946 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12947 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12948 whenever you view or export your document.
12949 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12950 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12951 EPS to avoid this problem.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12957 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 This file type has the extension
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 Portable Document Format
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 (PDF) is developed by
13014 as derivative from PostScript.
13015 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13025 looks exactly the same.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 (JPG, file extension
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 Portable Network Graphics
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 (PNG, file extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13082 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13083 in the background to one of these formats.
13084 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13085 will slow down your workflow.
13086 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 in three different ways:
13098 \begin_layout Description
13099 PDF This uses the program
13103 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13104 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13108 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13109 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13112 \begin_layout Description
13114 \begin_inset space ~
13117 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13121 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13125 \begin_layout Description
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13130 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13134 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 We recommend to use
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13150 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13156 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13159 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13175 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13179 and choose a file type.
13180 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 you can use the toolbar button
13187 \begin_inset Graphics
13188 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13231 viewer window using the menu
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13242 To have a real output, export your document.
13245 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 Printing the File from within LyX
13247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13249 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13258 it directly from within LyX.
13259 To print a file, select the menu
13261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 or click on the toolbar button
13265 \begin_inset Graphics
13266 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13271 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13272 This file is then processed by the program
13276 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13281 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13286 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13287 printing one set to print on the other side.
13288 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13289 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13290 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can set the parameters in the
13297 \begin_inset space ~
13305 \begin_layout Labeling
13306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13316 Note that this printer name is for the program
13325 has to be configured for this printer name.
13326 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13333 reference "sub:Printer"
13342 The printer should understand PostScript.
13345 \begin_layout Labeling
13346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 The name of a file to print to.
13352 The output will be a PostScript file.
13353 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13357 \begin_layout Section
13358 A few Words about Typography
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Subsection
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_layout Enumerate
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You generate them by inserting the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 character multiple times in a row.
13573 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13574 final output, but not in LyX.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13579 math mode and has a length of its own.
13580 Here are some examples of the
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 line- and page-breaks
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 Oh --- there's a dash.
13621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13632 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13646 \begin_layout Subsection
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13669 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13683 following the rules of the document language
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13719 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13724 and with unusual constructs, like
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13734 This is done with the menu
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_inset space ~
13745 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13746 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13751 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13752 a hyphen and a space in the form
13753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 as hyphenation possibility.
13770 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13771 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13772 of the LaTeX-box-command
13778 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13779 As LyX doesn't support
13785 , we have to use TeX Code.
13786 The result looks in LyX like:
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename clipart/mbox.png
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13800 \begin_inset space ~
13804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13813 \begin_layout Subsection
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13828 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13840 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13841 LaTeX then adds the
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 appropriate amount of space
13846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13852 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13871 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 Here are some examples of
13879 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13896 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14025 \begin_inset space \space{}
14028 this is too much space!
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14039 LaTeX will care about this.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14052 feature described in section
14063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 Typography ! Quotes
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14118 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14119 and use a closing quote at the end.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 The keyboard character,
14133 , generates this automatically.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 You can change the behavior of the
14141 key using the submenu
14147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 Document ! Settings
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14169 There are six choices:
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 Use quotes like this
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes els
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14232 \begin_layout Labeling
14233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14258 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14264 \begin_layout Labeling
14265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14290 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14296 \begin_layout Labeling
14297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14322 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14328 \begin_layout Labeling
14329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14350 \begin_inset Quotes als
14354 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 These settings affects what character the
14368 \begin_layout Subsection
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 Typography ! Ligatures
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14414 name "sub:Ligatures"
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14423 print them as single characters.
14424 These groups are known as
14429 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14431 Here are the standard ligatures:
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Itemize
14450 \begin_layout Itemize
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14460 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 To break a ligature, use
14486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 \begin_layout Subsection
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You have surely noticed, that the word
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14563 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14564 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Note Note
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14588 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14597 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14602 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LyX The name of the game, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Description
14653 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14713 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14714 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14717 : The actual version is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 , the previous one was
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14738 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14740 This will look in LyX like:
14741 \begin_inset Graphics
14742 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14747 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14757 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14764 \begin_layout Subsection
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14780 space between two words.
14781 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 for units use the menu
14793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 space between number and unit
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 half space between number and unit
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14905 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14906 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14907 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14908 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14909 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14910 These bits of text became known as
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14922 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14923 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14924 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14925 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14926 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14927 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14928 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14933 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14934 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14941 key "latexcompanion"
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14956 ] may have more information.
14957 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14960 \begin_layout Chapter
14961 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14977 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15005 \begin_layout Description
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15010 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Note
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15028 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15029 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15033 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Comment
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15057 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15076 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15077 How this can be done is explained in the
15086 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15100 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15105 \begin_inset Graphics
15106 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15108 scaleBeforeRotation
15114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15121 \begin_layout Section
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 name "sec:Footnotes"
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 or the toolbar button
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15164 \begin_inset Graphics
15165 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15174 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 label, the box will
15207 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15208 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15221 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Here's an example footnote:
15246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15247 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15256 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15257 position where the footnote box is placed.
15258 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15259 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15260 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15261 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15262 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15267 ey are described in the
15274 \begin_layout Section
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15288 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15297 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15306 or the toolbar button
15307 \begin_inset Graphics
15308 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15335 appearing within your text.
15336 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 At the side is an example marginal note.
15350 \begin_inset Marginal
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 This is a marginal note.
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15363 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15364 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15365 pages, right on odd pages.
15368 \begin_layout Section
15369 Graphics and Images
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15392 name "sec:Graphics"
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15401 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15402 \begin_inset Graphics
15403 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15413 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15422 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15423 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15424 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15426 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15427 \begin_inset space ~
15431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15433 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15440 \begin_layout Standard
15445 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15446 of the image in the output.
15447 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15451 \begin_inset space ~
15455 \begin_inset space ~
15464 \begin_inset space ~
15468 \begin_inset space ~
15472 \begin_inset space ~
15477 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15478 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15487 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15492 You can also set the
15496 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15497 This option is explained in section
15498 \begin_inset space ~
15502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15504 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15512 \begin_inset space ~
15517 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15518 image size is printed.
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15523 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15525 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15526 centered paragraph:
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15531 \begin_inset Graphics
15532 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15534 rotateOrigin center
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15542 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15543 the image into a float, see section
15544 \begin_inset space ~
15548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15550 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15557 \begin_layout Subsection
15562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15571 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15579 You can insert images in any known file format.
15580 But as we explained in section
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15587 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15591 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15592 LyX uses therefore the program
15596 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15597 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15598 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15605 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15616 \begin_layout Description
15618 \begin_inset space ~
15621 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15622 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15623 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15627 Graphics Interchange Format
15628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15631 (GIF, file extension
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15679 Portable Network Graphics
15680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15683 (PNG, file extension
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15731 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15735 (JPG, file extension
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15794 \begin_layout Description
15796 \begin_inset space ~
15799 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15801 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15802 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15803 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15804 \begin_inset Newline newline
15807 Scalable image formats can be
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15811 Scalable Vector Graphics
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15815 (SVG, file extension
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15863 Encapsulated PostScript
15864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15867 (EPS, file extension
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15915 Portable Document Format
15916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15919 (PDF, file extension
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15943 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15944 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15958 \begin_layout Standard
15959 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15963 \begin_layout Section
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15985 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15986 \begin_inset Graphics
15987 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15998 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15999 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16000 from the rest of the table.
16001 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16002 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16004 Here's an example table:
16007 \begin_layout Standard
16009 \begin_inset Tabular
16010 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16215 \begin_layout Subsection
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16220 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16221 brings up the table dialog.
16222 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16223 where the cursor is placed currently.
16224 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16225 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16226 done on all of your selection.
16229 \begin_layout Standard
16230 Additionally to the table dialog the
16233 \begin_inset space ~
16238 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16240 It is for example currently only possible to add
16241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16248 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16260 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16261 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16262 current cell respectively.
16263 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16265 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16266 of text, see section
16267 \begin_inset space ~
16271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16273 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16287 This will merge the cells to
16291 cell, spread over more than one column.
16292 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16293 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16294 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16295 in the last row without the upper border:
16298 \begin_layout Standard
16300 \begin_inset Tabular
16301 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16302 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16304 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16326 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 \begin_layout Standard
16438 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16439 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16440 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16441 explained in the tables section of the
16444 \begin_inset space ~
16450 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16451 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16454 degrees counterclockwise.
16455 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 Most DVI-viewers are
16471 able to display rotations.
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16484 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16489 adds lines for all cell borders.
16492 \begin_layout Subsection
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 Tables ! Longtables
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16517 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16524 \begin_inset space ~
16533 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16534 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16537 \begin_layout Description
16542 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16543 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16544 except for the first page, if
16547 \begin_inset space ~
16555 \begin_layout Description
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16564 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16565 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16568 \begin_layout Description
16573 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16574 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16575 except for the last page, if
16578 \begin_inset space ~
16586 \begin_layout Description
16590 \begin_inset space ~
16595 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16596 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16600 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16601 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16602 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16603 The others will then be defined as
16608 In this context, first means first in this order:
16611 \begin_inset space ~
16623 \begin_inset space ~
16629 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16632 \begin_layout Standard
16634 \begin_inset Tabular
16635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16636 <features islongtable="true">
16637 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16638 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16639 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16640 <row endfirsthead="true">
16641 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16652 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 <row endfirsthead="true">
16672 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 <row endhead="true">
16705 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 <row endhead="true">
16736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 <row endfoot="true">
16769 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <row endlastfoot="true">
18751 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 \begin_layout Subsection
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18802 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18809 \begin_layout Standard
18810 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18811 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18812 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18813 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18817 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18818 for the cell's paragraph.
18821 \begin_layout Standard
18822 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18823 for the column in the table dialog.
18824 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18825 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18829 \begin_layout Standard
18831 \begin_inset Tabular
18832 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18835 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 This is longer now.
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19038 This is longer now.
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 \begin_layout Standard
19070 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19071 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19072 Selection with the mouse or with
19076 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19077 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19078 the selection from outside the table.
19081 \begin_layout Section
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19104 have a fixed location.
19106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19113 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19121 \begin_inset space ~
19126 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19127 too much notes at the page.
19130 \begin_layout Standard
19131 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19132 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19133 and pages without text.
19134 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19135 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19136 Floats are therefore numbered.
19137 Referencing is described in section
19138 \begin_inset space ~
19142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19144 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19151 \begin_layout Standard
19152 To insert a float, use the menu
19154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19158 A box with a caption that has e.
19159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19163 \begin_inset space ~
19167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19171 \begin_inset space ~
19175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19178 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19179 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19181 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19192 paragraph within the float.
19193 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19194 by left-clicking on the box label.
19195 A closed float box looks like this:
19196 \begin_inset Graphics
19197 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19202 -- a gray button with a red label.
19205 \begin_layout Standard
19206 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19207 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19210 \begin_layout Subsection
19214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 Floats ! Figure floats
19226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19228 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19239 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19242 inserts a float with the label
19243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19249 \begin_inset space ~
19255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19259 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19260 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19261 This is what we did for Figure
19262 \begin_inset space ~
19266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19268 reference "cap:Platypus"
19273 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19274 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19275 This was done in Figure
19276 \begin_inset space ~
19280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19282 reference "cap:Escher"
19289 \begin_layout Standard
19290 \begin_inset Float figure
19295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 \begin_inset Graphics
19298 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19300 rotateOrigin center
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 \begin_inset Caption
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19313 name "cap:Platypus"
19317 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19331 \begin_inset Float figure
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset Caption
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 \begin_inset Graphics
19358 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19360 rotateOrigin center
19372 \begin_layout Standard
19373 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19375 As described in section
19376 \begin_inset space ~
19380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19382 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19386 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19391 and refer to it using the menu
19393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19397 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19406 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19418 \begin_layout Standard
19419 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19420 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19421 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19422 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19424 \begin_inset space ~
19428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19430 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19434 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19435 You can also set the images one below the other.
19437 \begin_inset space ~
19441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19443 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19450 reference "fig:Platypus"
19454 are the subfigures.
19457 \begin_layout Standard
19458 \begin_inset Float figure
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19468 \begin_inset Float figure
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 \begin_inset Caption
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19479 name "fig:Undefinable"
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 \begin_inset Graphics
19493 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19504 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19508 \begin_inset Float figure
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 \begin_inset Caption
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19519 name "fig:Platypus"
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 \begin_inset Graphics
19533 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset Caption
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19557 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19561 Two distorted images.
19574 \begin_layout Standard
19575 Note that the caption is added to the
19578 \begin_inset space ~
19582 \begin_inset space ~
19587 as described in section
19588 \begin_inset space ~
19592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19594 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 Floats ! Table floats
19613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19615 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19626 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19630 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19633 \begin_inset space ~
19637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19639 reference "cap:Table-float"
19643 is an example of a table float.
19646 \begin_layout Standard
19647 \begin_inset Float table
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 \begin_inset Caption
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19658 name "cap:Table-float"
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 \begin_inset Tabular
19673 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19827 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19883 \begin_layout Standard
19884 This float type is inserted with the menu
19886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19887 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19891 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19892 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19896 , described in section
19897 \begin_inset space ~
19901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19903 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19911 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19925 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19933 floatname{algorithm}{your
19934 \begin_inset space ~
19940 \begin_layout Standard
19941 to the document preamble (menu
19943 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19950 \begin_inset space ~
19956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19984 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19991 \begin_layout Standard
19992 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 \begin_inset Graphics
20001 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20003 rotateOrigin center
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 \begin_inset Caption
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20016 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20020 This is a wrapped figure.
20021 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20034 This float type is used if you want to
20035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20042 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20044 It can be inserted using the menu
20046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20047 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20049 \begin_inset space ~
20054 if the LaTeX-package
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20076 \begin_inset space ~
20086 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20089 \begin_inset space ~
20093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20095 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20099 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 Available units are explained in Appendix
20109 \begin_inset space ~
20113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20115 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20124 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20137 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20138 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20139 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20140 over some other text.
20148 \begin_layout Itemize
20149 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20150 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20151 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20152 breaks will appear.
20155 \begin_layout Itemize
20156 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20157 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20160 \begin_layout Itemize
20161 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20162 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20165 \begin_layout Itemize
20166 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20169 \begin_layout Subsection
20171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20173 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 \begin_layout Standard
20191 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20192 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20196 \begin_inset space ~
20204 \begin_layout Standard
20205 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20206 have a multi-column document).
20207 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20210 \begin_inset space ~
20216 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20217 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20224 \begin_layout Standard
20225 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20226 format is also the same: Table
20227 \begin_inset space ~
20231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20233 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20237 is an example of a rotated table float.
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20241 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 \begin_inset Float table
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 \begin_inset Caption
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20269 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20283 \begin_inset Tabular
20284 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 \begin_layout Subsection
20352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20354 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20372 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20373 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20374 \begin_inset Newline newline
20380 \begin_inset space ~
20385 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20386 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20388 \begin_inset Newline newline
20394 \begin_inset space ~
20399 is used to rotate floats, see section
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20406 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20413 \begin_layout Standard
20414 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20415 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20418 \begin_inset space ~
20422 \begin_inset space ~
20430 \begin_layout Description
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20439 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20442 \begin_layout Description
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20451 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20454 \begin_layout Description
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20460 \begin_inset space ~
20463 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20466 \begin_layout Description
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset space ~
20475 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20479 The order of the above option is
20484 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20509 , and then the others.
20510 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20512 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20513 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20517 By default, each options has its own rules:
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20533 only floats occupying less than 70
20534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20537 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20553 : only floats occupying less than 30
20554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20557 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20560 \begin_layout Standard
20564 \begin_inset space ~
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20573 : only if more than 50
20574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20577 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20581 \begin_layout Standard
20582 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20598 \begin_layout Standard
20599 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20600 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20601 For this case you can use the option
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20610 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20612 Because the float is then no longer able to
20613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20620 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20624 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20625 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20633 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20640 \begin_layout Section
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20654 name "sec:Minipages"
20661 \begin_layout Standard
20662 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20664 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20679 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20680 and its alignment within the page.
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20685 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20694 height_special "totalheight"
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 This is a minipage.
20701 The text is set in an italic style.
20704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20707 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20708 another formatting.
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20720 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20724 as described in section
20725 \begin_inset space ~
20729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20731 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20736 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20743 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20752 height_special "totalheight"
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20757 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20767 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20776 height_special "totalheight"
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20780 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20781 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20798 to other box types.
20799 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20810 \begin_layout Chapter
20811 Mathematical Formulas
20815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20856 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20869 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20872 \begin_layout Section
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_layout Standard
20887 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20888 \begin_inset Graphics
20889 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20894 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20896 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20897 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20898 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20906 \begin_layout Standard
20907 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20911 \begin_inset space ~
20916 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20921 line, like this one:
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20925 This is a line with an inline formula
20926 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20935 \begin_inset Formula \[
20940 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20943 \begin_layout Standard
20944 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20960 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20961 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20965 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20968 \begin_inset space ~
20976 \begin_layout Subsection
20977 Navigating in Formulas
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20990 \begin_layout Standard
20991 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20992 achieved with the arrow keys.
20993 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20994 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20999 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21000 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21004 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21008 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21010 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21018 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21023 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21024 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21027 \begin_layout Standard
21032 , printed in this document as
21033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21054 \begin_inset Note Note
21057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21058 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21059 space character (visible space).
21064 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21065 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21066 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21071 For example, if you want
21072 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21126 , since in the latter case only the
21129 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21134 will be under the square root sign:
21135 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21142 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21144 \begin_inset Formula \[
21145 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21148 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21152 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21153 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21156 \begin_layout Subsection
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21161 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21162 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21166 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21167 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21168 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21169 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21170 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21173 \begin_layout Subsection
21174 Exponents and Subscripts
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21199 way is to use a command.
21201 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21204 , type in a formula
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21226 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21232 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21236 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21257 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21266 , you have to use an extra
21270 to separate the hat and the character.
21273 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 Subscripts are similar: To get
21295 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21318 \begin_layout Subsection
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 \begin_layout Standard
21333 Create a fraction with either the command
21340 \begin_inset Graphics
21341 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21349 \begin_inset space ~
21355 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21356 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21357 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21362 To move back up, press
21367 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21368 \begin_inset Formula \[
21369 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21371 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21378 \begin_layout Subsection
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 Roots can be created using the
21396 \begin_inset space ~
21402 \begin_inset Graphics
21403 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21426 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21432 produces always a square root.
21435 \begin_layout Subsection
21436 Operators with Limits
21440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21459 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21468 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21472 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21475 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21476 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21477 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21478 The sum operator will automatically place its
21479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21486 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21489 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21493 \begin_inset Formula \[
21494 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21498 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21502 \begin_layout Standard
21503 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21505 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21506 behind the operator and hitting
21512 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21513 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21515 \begin_inset space ~
21519 \begin_inset space ~
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21528 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21536 feature as addition, such as
21540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21547 \begin_inset Formula \[
21548 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21552 which will place the
21553 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21565 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21566 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21573 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21580 Have a look at section
21581 \begin_inset space ~
21585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21587 reference "sub:Functions"
21591 for an explanation of function macros.
21594 \begin_layout Subsection
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 \begin_layout Standard
21609 Most math symbols can be found in the
21612 \begin_inset space ~
21617 under one of several categories; including
21634 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21638 \begin_layout Standard
21639 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21640 you don't have to use the
21643 \begin_inset space ~
21648 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21649 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21652 \begin_layout Subsection
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21666 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21673 \begin_layout Standard
21674 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21683 \begin_inset space ~
21689 \begin_inset Graphics
21690 filename ../images/math/space.png
21695 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21696 Here a example for the sequence
21701 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21705 \begin_inset Graphics
21706 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21711 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21712 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21713 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21714 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21729 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21735 \begin_layout Standard
21745 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21751 \begin_layout Subsection
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21765 name "sub:Functions"
21772 \begin_layout Standard
21776 \begin_inset space ~
21781 contains under the button
21782 \begin_inset Graphics
21783 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21787 a number of functions, such as
21788 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21792 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21800 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21807 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21808 avoid confusions, because
21809 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21813 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21822 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21826 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21832 \begin_layout Standard
21833 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21834 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21835 \begin_inset space ~
21839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21841 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21848 \begin_layout Subsection
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 \begin_layout Standard
21863 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21865 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21866 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21868 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21871 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21872 Our example is entered by typing
21880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 \begin_inset space ~
21897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21899 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21903 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21906 \begin_layout Standard
21907 \begin_inset Float table
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21913 \begin_inset Caption
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21918 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21922 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21932 \begin_inset Tabular
21933 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22075 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22291 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22399 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22453 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22498 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22523 \begin_inset space ~
22529 \begin_inset Graphics
22530 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22534 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22538 \begin_layout Section
22539 Brackets and Delimiters
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22562 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22571 For most purposes, using just the keys
22576 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22577 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22580 \begin_inset space ~
22586 \begin_inset Graphics
22587 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22592 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22594 \begin_inset Formula \[
22595 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22597 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22601 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22602 \begin_inset Formula \[
22603 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22610 \begin_layout Standard
22611 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22612 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22615 \begin_layout Standard
22616 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22617 left side and right side.
22618 If you use the option
22621 \begin_inset space ~
22626 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22627 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22628 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22629 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22632 \begin_layout Standard
22633 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22634 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22635 inside the brackets.
22636 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22641 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22645 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22656 \begin_layout Section
22661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22670 name "sec:Grouping"
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22679 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 \begin_inset Formula \[
22692 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22700 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22715 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22716 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22717 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22720 \begin_layout Section
22721 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22755 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22758 \begin_inset space ~
22764 \begin_inset Graphics
22765 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22770 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22771 Here is an example:
22772 \begin_inset Formula \[
22773 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22776 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22780 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22781 \begin_inset space ~
22785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22787 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22792 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22793 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22794 This alignment is set in the box
22799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22847 for every column as default.
22848 For example, the sequence
22849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22860 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22861 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22862 corresponds to the relevant column.
22863 The result will look like this:
22864 \begin_inset Formula \[
22866 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22867 column & has & has\, right\\
22868 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22880 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22881 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22883 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22889 \begin_layout Standard
22890 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22891 It can be created with the menu
22893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22894 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22909 \begin_inset Formula \[
22913 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22924 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22932 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22941 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22949 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22950 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22951 A new row is created by every further hit of
22959 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22960 Here is an example:
22961 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22962 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22963 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22967 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22968 where you want to start the shift and hit
22973 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22974 position to the next column.
22975 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22976 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22977 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22978 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22986 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22993 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22994 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22997 reference "eq:asquared"
23002 The other types are described in section
23003 \begin_inset space ~
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23009 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23016 \begin_layout Section
23017 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23022 Math ! Formula numbering
23031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23032 Math ! Referencing formulas
23038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23040 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23051 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23061 \begin_inset space ~
23067 The formula number appears in LyX as
23068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23075 within parentheses.
23077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23084 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23086 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23087 the document class.
23088 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23089 separated by a dot:
23090 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23091 1+1=2\end{equation}
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23103 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23104 You can only number displayed formulas.
23107 \begin_layout Standard
23108 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23111 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23113 \begin_inset space ~
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23121 \begin_inset space ~
23129 \begin_inset space ~
23134 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23135 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23137 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23138 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23142 To number all lines use the shortcut
23145 \begin_inset space ~
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23157 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23158 A label is inserted with the menu
23160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23163 when the cursor is in the formula.
23164 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23165 It is recommended to use the proposed
23166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23177 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23178 type when you have many labels in your document.
23179 We inserted in the following example the label
23180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23187 in the second line:
23188 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23189 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23190 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23194 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23195 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23205 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23209 \begin_inset space ~
23215 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23216 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23217 as the formula number:
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23221 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23224 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23231 \begin_layout Standard
23232 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23233 \begin_inset space ~
23237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23239 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23244 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23250 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23263 \begin_layout Section
23264 User defined math macros
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23277 name "sec:math-macros"
23284 \begin_layout Standard
23285 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23286 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23287 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23289 \begin_inset Newline newline
23292 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23293 \begin_inset Formula \[
23294 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23298 The general form of its solution is:
23299 \begin_inset Formula \[
23300 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308 The macro should print the parameters
23309 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23313 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23317 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23320 like in the equation above.
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 A macro is created by executing the command
23327 \begin_layout Standard
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23357 \begin_inset space ~
23361 \begin_inset space ~
23367 \begin_layout Standard
23368 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23369 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23370 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23371 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23375 \begin_layout Standard
23376 We have three arguments and name the macro
23377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23384 , so that the command is:
23387 \begin_layout Standard
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23420 This results in the following macro definition box:
23421 \begin_inset Graphics
23422 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23427 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23428 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23429 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23433 \begin_inset Note Note
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23438 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23446 \begin_layout Standard
23447 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23448 the math panel or commands.
23449 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23450 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23461 for the first argument.
23462 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23463 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23464 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23465 in LyX with its full size.
23466 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23467 In our example we insert the sequence
23468 \begin_inset Newline newline
23496 \begin_inset Newline newline
23501 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23505 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23520 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23525 \begin_inset Graphics
23526 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23533 \begin_layout Standard
23534 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23535 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23536 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23537 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23538 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23543 to the new definition.
23544 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23545 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23549 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23553 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23557 \begin_inset Formula \[
23565 \begin_layout Standard
23566 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23584 \begin_inset Newline newline
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23620 \begin_layout Standard
23621 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23622 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23623 definition box in your document.
23624 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23626 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23628 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23633 \begin_layout Section
23637 \begin_layout Subsection
23642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23653 To set a font in a formula, use the
23656 \begin_inset space ~
23662 \begin_inset Graphics
23663 filename ../images/math/font.png
23667 , or enter its command, listed in table
23668 \begin_inset space ~
23672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23674 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23682 \begin_inset Float table
23687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 \begin_inset Caption
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23693 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23697 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 \begin_inset Tabular
23708 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23743 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23770 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23797 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23857 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23884 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23918 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23945 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23979 \begin_layout Standard
23980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23988 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24006 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24011 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24012 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24013 Here an example where a
24014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24025 denotes the set of numbers:
24026 \begin_inset Formula \[
24027 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24034 \begin_layout Standard
24035 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24046 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24050 \begin_inset Newline newline
24053 So better don't use this feature.
24056 \begin_layout Standard
24057 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24058 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24062 \begin_inset Newline newline
24065 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24071 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24072 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24078 \begin_layout Standard
24085 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24092 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24094 \begin_inset space ~
24102 \begin_layout Subsection
24107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24116 \begin_layout Standard
24117 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24119 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24123 \begin_inset space ~
24127 \begin_inset space ~
24135 \begin_inset space ~
24141 \begin_inset Graphics
24142 filename ../images/math/font.png
24146 (alternatively the shortcut
24149 \begin_inset space ~
24155 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24156 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24157 Here is an example:
24158 \begin_inset Formula \[
24160 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24161 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24168 \begin_layout Subsection
24173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24182 \begin_layout Standard
24183 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24184 automatically chosen in most situations.
24202 For most characters,
24210 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24211 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24216 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24217 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24218 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24219 \begin_inset Graphics
24220 filename ../images/math/style.png
24225 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24226 For example, you can set
24227 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24230 , which is normally in
24239 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24243 The four styles are used in the following example:
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24251 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24255 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24259 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24265 \begin_layout Standard
24266 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24267 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24269 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24271 \begin_inset space ~
24276 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24277 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24278 will be adjusted to correspond.
24279 As example a formula in the font size
24280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 \begin_layout Standard
24294 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24300 \begin_layout Section
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24305 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24306 the document classes and into layout modules.
24310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24316 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24317 other than the AMS classes.
24319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24321 reference "sub:Modules"
24325 for more on layout modules.
24328 \begin_layout Section
24333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24353 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24354 (AMS) that are in common use.
24357 \begin_layout Subsection
24358 Enabling AMS-Support
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24362 Selecting the checkbox
24365 \begin_inset space ~
24369 \begin_inset space ~
24373 \begin_inset space ~
24380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24388 Document ! Settings
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24401 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24403 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24404 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24407 \begin_layout Subsection
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24411 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24420 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24430 LyX allows you to choose between
24451 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24454 \begin_layout Chapter
24458 \begin_layout Section
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24472 name "sec:Cross-References"
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24480 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24481 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24483 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24484 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24485 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24488 \begin_layout Enumerate
24492 \begin_layout Enumerate
24493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24495 name "enu:Second-item"
24502 \begin_layout Enumerate
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24512 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24513 \begin_inset Graphics
24514 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24520 A grey label box like this:
24521 \begin_inset Graphics
24522 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24527 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24528 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24563 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24564 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24585 or the toolbar button
24586 \begin_inset Graphics
24587 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24593 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24594 \begin_inset Graphics
24595 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24600 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24602 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24615 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24617 Here is our cross-reference:
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24622 \begin_inset space ~
24626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24628 reference "enu:Second-item"
24635 \begin_layout Standard
24636 It is recommended to use a protected space
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24641 described in section
24642 \begin_inset space ~
24646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24648 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24657 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24665 \begin_layout Description
24666 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24676 \begin_layout Description
24677 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24678 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24690 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24697 \begin_layout Description
24698 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24704 LatexCommand pageref
24705 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24712 \begin_layout Description
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24721 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24723 LatexCommand vpageref
24724 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24731 \begin_layout Description
24733 \begin_inset space ~
24737 \begin_inset space ~
24741 \begin_inset space ~
24744 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24748 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24755 \begin_layout Description
24757 \begin_inset space ~
24760 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24761 \begin_inset Newline newline
24765 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24773 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24797 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24803 \begin_inset space ~
24807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24822 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24823 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24824 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24828 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 You can only use the style
24837 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24841 is always possible.
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24845 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24846 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24847 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24848 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24849 \begin_inset space ~
24853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24855 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24866 \begin_inset space ~
24870 \begin_inset space ~
24875 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24876 The button text changes then to
24879 \begin_inset space ~
24884 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24885 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24886 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24892 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24893 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24898 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 References are described in detail in the
24909 \begin_layout Section
24910 Table of Contents and other Listings
24914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24940 \begin_layout Subsection
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24955 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24967 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24968 If you click on it, the
24972 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24973 sections in your documents.
24974 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24979 that is described in sec.
24980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24986 reference "sec:Navigating"
24993 \begin_layout Standard
24994 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24995 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24997 \begin_inset space ~
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25003 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25007 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25009 \begin_inset space ~
25013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25015 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25019 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25021 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25024 \begin_layout Subsection
25025 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25028 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25036 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25037 You can insert them via the
25039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25041 \begin_inset space ~
25045 \begin_inset space ~
25051 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25054 \begin_layout Section
25055 URLs and Hyperlinks
25059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25085 \begin_layout Subsection
25089 \begin_layout Standard
25090 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25098 \begin_layout Standard
25099 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25100 \begin_inset Flex URL
25103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25113 \begin_layout Standard
25114 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25120 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25124 \begin_layout Standard
25125 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25133 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25141 \begin_layout Subsection
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25151 or with the toolbar button
25152 \begin_inset Graphics
25153 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25159 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25168 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25169 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25172 name "LyX's homepage"
25173 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25177 , an Email address like this:
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25180 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25181 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25186 , or a link to a file.
25189 \begin_layout Standard
25190 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25203 to the link target.
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25208 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25209 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25210 the text style dialog.
25211 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25215 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25217 name "LyX's homepage"
25218 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25226 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25230 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25233 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25237 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25239 \begin_inset Newline newline
25247 \begin_inset Newline newline
25254 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25257 \begin_layout Section
25262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25271 name "sec:Appendices"
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 Appendices are created with the menu
25281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25283 \begin_inset space ~
25287 \begin_inset space ~
25293 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25294 as appendix region.
25295 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25298 \begin_layout Standard
25299 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25300 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25301 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25302 and the subsection number.
25303 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25309 \begin_inset space ~
25313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25315 reference "cha:Credits"
25320 \begin_inset space ~
25324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25326 reference "sub:Export"
25333 \begin_layout Section
25338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25347 name "sec:Bibliography"
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25355 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25356 You can include a bibliography database
25360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25361 Known under the name
25362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25374 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25376 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25380 , described in section
25381 \begin_inset space ~
25385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25387 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25399 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25401 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25410 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25412 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25421 , a short form of its title, as key.
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25430 or the toolbar button
25431 \begin_inset Graphics
25432 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25438 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25439 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25440 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25441 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25447 with surrounding brackets.
25452 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25453 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25468 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25471 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25473 key "latexcompanion"
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25482 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25491 \begin_layout Subsection
25492 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 Bibliography ! Databases
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25507 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25515 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25525 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25527 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25528 your working field in a database.
25529 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25530 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25534 The database is a text file with the file extension
25535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25546 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25547 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25550 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25555 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25557 \begin_inset Newline newline
25561 \begin_inset Flex URL
25564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25566 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25572 \begin_inset Newline newline
25575 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25578 \begin_layout Standard
25579 To use a database, use the menu
25581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25586 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25599 \begin_inset space ~
25605 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25606 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25622 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25623 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25624 take care of the layout.
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25632 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25641 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25675 \begin_inset space ~
25681 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25690 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25698 the two methods of creating them.
25699 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25700 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25701 We used the style file
25705 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25708 \begin_layout Subsection
25709 Bibliography layout
25713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25714 Bibliography ! Layout
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25723 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25724 For this feature you need to use the option
25730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25738 Document ! Settings
25748 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25749 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25750 in the previous section.
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25754 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25755 in the citation reference window.
25756 Here an example where we set the text
25757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25761 \begin_inset space ~
25765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25768 to appear after the reference:
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25776 key "latexcompanion"
25783 \begin_layout Section
25788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25805 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25809 \begin_inset space ~
25814 or the toolbar button
25815 \begin_inset Graphics
25816 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25834 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25835 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25836 by LyX as index entry.
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25841 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25845 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25853 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25856 \begin_layout Standard
25857 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25861 \begin_inset space ~
25865 \begin_inset space ~
25868 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25870 \begin_inset space ~
25876 A light blue box labeled
25877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25888 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25889 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25892 \begin_layout Subsection
25893 Grouping Index Entries
25897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25906 \begin_layout Standard
25907 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25909 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25910 lists under the entry
25911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25919 First we create the entry
25920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25928 \begin_inset space ~
25932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25934 reference "sub:Lists"
25939 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25940 \begin_inset space ~
25944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25946 reference "sec:Itemize"
25950 , we insert the command
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 for the enumerated list in section
25971 \begin_inset space ~
25975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25977 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25984 \begin_layout Standard
25985 The exclamation mark
25986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25993 marks the grouping levels.
25994 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25995 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25996 If we don't have an index entry for
25997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26004 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26007 \begin_layout Subsection
26012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26013 Index ! Page ranges
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26024 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26025 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26027 \begin_inset space ~
26031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26033 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26043 Paragraph environments|(
26046 \begin_layout Standard
26047 and another entry at the end of section
26048 \begin_inset space ~
26052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26054 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26064 Paragraph environments|)
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26092 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26093 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26094 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26095 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26096 An example is the index entry
26097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26100 Document ! Settings
26101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26107 \begin_layout Subsection
26112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26113 Index ! Cross referencing
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26123 We referred for example in the index entry
26124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 \begin_inset space ~
26136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26138 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26142 ) to the index entry
26143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26150 in the same section using the entry
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26156 GIF|see{Image formats}
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26160 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26161 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26162 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26165 \begin_layout Subsection
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 Index ! Entry order
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26181 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26182 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26187 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26189 \begin_inset space ~
26193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26195 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26204 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26205 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26234 Dummy entries ! maïs
26243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26244 Dummy entries ! maître
26253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26254 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26259 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26260 order maïs, maison, maître.
26261 To achieve this, we use the command
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26267 previous entry@current entry
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26271 In our case we want to have
26272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26287 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26297 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26298 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26302 \begin_layout Subsection
26307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26308 Index ! Entry layout
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26317 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 This is an italic dummy entry
26329 You can also format the page number using the character
26330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26337 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26338 We can write for example
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26344 italic page number:|textit
26347 \begin_layout Standard
26348 to get the page number in italic.
26352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26353 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26358 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26376 \begin_inset space ~
26382 Have a look at section
26383 \begin_inset space ~
26387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26389 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26393 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26405 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26409 to generate the index, see section
26410 \begin_inset space ~
26414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26416 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26425 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26426 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26431 key "latexcompanion"
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26444 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26446 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26447 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26448 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26449 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26450 If so, put the following in preamble
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26476 into the index entry.
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26481 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26486 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26487 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26488 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26492 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26498 \begin_inset space ~
26501 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26502 for all index entries.
26503 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26515 documentation for details,
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26518 key "makeindex,xindy"
26525 \begin_layout Subsection
26530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26539 name "sub:Index-Program"
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26547 When the index entry program
26551 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26552 generation, otherwise the program
26556 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26557 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26558 dialog, see section
26559 \begin_inset space ~
26563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26565 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26570 The available options are listed and explained in
26571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26573 key "makeindex,xindy"
26578 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26586 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26587 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26589 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26591 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26592 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26600 \begin_layout Section
26601 Nomenclature / Glossary
26605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26646 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26653 \begin_layout Standard
26654 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26655 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26660 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26669 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26675 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26676 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26682 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26687 and then use the menu
26689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26695 \begin_inset space ~
26700 or the toolbar button
26701 \begin_inset Graphics
26702 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26703 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26720 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26724 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26725 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26726 The second is the description of the symbol.
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26738 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26746 \begin_layout Subsection
26747 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26752 Nomenclature ! Layout
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26761 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26765 field as LaTeX-formula.
26767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26771 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26779 \begin_inset Newline newline
26787 \begin_inset Newline newline
26793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26800 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26801 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26823 \begin_layout Standard
26824 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26825 \begin_inset space ~
26829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26831 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26842 \begin_inset space ~
26847 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26848 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26853 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26860 in this document is:
26861 \begin_inset Newline newline
26866 dummy entry for the character
26871 \begin_inset Newline newline
26883 \begin_inset space ~
26893 font use the command
26922 \begin_layout Subsection
26923 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26937 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26938 the symbol definition.
26939 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26940 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26943 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26944 LatexCommand nomenclature
26946 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26953 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26957 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26958 LatexCommand nomenclature
26961 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26966 They will be sorted by
26967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26993 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26996 will be sorted before the
27000 since the character
27001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27008 is considered in sorting.
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27015 \begin_inset space ~
27020 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27021 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27023 For the given example, you can insert
27027 to this field for the
27028 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27035 will be located before
27036 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27048 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27057 \begin_layout Subsection
27058 Nomenclature Options
27062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27063 Nomenclature ! Options
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27076 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27077 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27080 \begin_layout Description
27081 refeq Appends the phrase
27082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27097 to every nomenclature entry, where
27103 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27106 \begin_layout Description
27107 refpage Appends the phrase
27108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27123 to every nomenclature entry, where
27129 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27132 \begin_layout Description
27133 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27136 \begin_layout Standard
27137 There are furthermore the options
27181 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27187 class options list in the
27189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27193 In this document the options
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27205 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27212 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27213 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27218 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27221 \begin_layout Description
27231 \begin_layout Description
27234 nomrefpage Like the
27241 \begin_layout Description
27244 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27253 \begin_layout Description
27257 \begin_inset space ~
27263 \begin_inset space ~
27268 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27271 \begin_layout Subsection
27272 Printing the Nomenclature
27276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27277 Nomenclature ! Printing
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27290 \begin_inset space ~
27294 \begin_inset space ~
27297 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27301 A light blue box labeled
27302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27313 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27314 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27327 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27335 For example, in order to change the name to
27339 , add the following line to the preamble:
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27350 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27361 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27362 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27373 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27379 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27380 \begin_inset space ~
27384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27386 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27391 The default value is 1
27392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27398 \begin_layout Section
27403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 Document ! Branches
27420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27422 name "sec:Branches"
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27430 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27431 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27432 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27433 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27438 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27439 To create a branch, go in the
27441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27449 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27450 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27455 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27460 where you can choose a branch.
27461 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27466 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27470 \begin_inset Branch Question
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27487 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27504 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27506 For example you can define for the question branch
27510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27511 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27512 \begin_inset space ~
27516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27518 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27551 and for the answer branch
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 \begin_inset Branch Question
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27647 Now it is possible to use the commands
27651 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27658 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27661 to obtain conditional output.
27662 Here is an example formula where only the
27669 \begin_inset Formula \[
27670 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27679 \begin_inset space ~
27683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27685 reference "sec:math-macros"
27692 \begin_layout Section
27693 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27696 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27703 \begin_layout Subsection
27708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27717 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27726 constructs, but not all.
27727 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27728 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27729 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27730 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27731 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27736 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27738 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27742 \begin_inset space ~
27747 or by the toolbar button
27748 \begin_inset Graphics
27749 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27754 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27758 \begin_layout Standard
27759 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27760 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27761 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27768 , you can write the command part
27774 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27778 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27779 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27780 the following example:
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27784 \begin_inset Graphics
27785 filename clipart/ERT.png
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 This is a line with a
27802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27835 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27843 \begin_layout Subsection
27844 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27845 \begin_inset OptArg
27848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27867 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27876 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27877 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27886 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27887 every time if you know the right commands.
27889 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27890 the end of the day.
27891 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27892 all caption labels bold.
27893 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27895 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27900 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27901 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 As result you know that the package
27921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27922 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27928 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27941 usepackage[options]{package name}
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27946 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27947 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 In your case the package name is
27956 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27961 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27962 So you add the command
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27970 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27979 For more commands provided by the
27983 package, have a look at its documentation,
27984 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28001 For example if you use a
28005 class, you don't need the package
28009 , you can instead write
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28017 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28024 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28025 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28032 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28037 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28039 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28040 the previous section.
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28046 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28048 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28056 \begin_layout Section
28057 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28070 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28089 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28090 to break your train of thought with
28092 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28099 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28100 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28109 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28114 as explained below, and turn on
28117 \begin_inset space ~
28124 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28130 \begin_inset space ~
28134 \begin_inset space ~
28137 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28143 \begin_layout Standard
28144 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28146 Previews of an already loaded document are
28150 generated just by selecting the
28153 \begin_inset space ~
28158 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28163 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28166 \begin_inset space ~
28171 check box in the insert dialog.
28172 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28177 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28181 (on some systems named simply
28186 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28188 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28194 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28195 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28203 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28219 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28226 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28227 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28229 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28230 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28231 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28232 the source view window.
28235 \begin_layout Section
28237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28239 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28258 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28275 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28281 can be seen as successor of
28285 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28290 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28291 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28301 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28311 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28314 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28315 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28316 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28317 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28318 scrolled so that it is visible.
28323 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28325 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28329 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28330 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28342 will bring an error message.
28343 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28344 specifying a different
28346 Alternative language
28348 in preferences dialog.
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28355 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28361 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28363 But you can use the
28366 \begin_inset space ~
28370 \begin_inset space ~
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28380 This does work with
28384 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28387 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28391 \begin_layout Standard
28396 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28399 \begin_layout Description
28401 \begin_inset space ~
28404 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28405 should consider, e.g.
28406 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28407 This should not normally be needed.
28410 \begin_layout Description
28412 \begin_inset space ~
28415 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28416 as your personal dictionary
28419 \begin_layout Description
28421 \begin_inset space ~
28425 \begin_inset space ~
28428 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28440 \begin_layout Description
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28446 \begin_inset space ~
28449 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28451 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28458 also for the spellchecker.
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28463 The encodings are explained in section
28464 \begin_inset space ~
28468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28470 reference "sub:Settings"
28479 Only enable this if you use
28483 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28484 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28485 so this is disabled by default.
28488 \begin_layout Section
28493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28502 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28514 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28517 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28520 or the toolbar button
28521 \begin_inset Graphics
28522 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28524 rotateOrigin center
28529 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28535 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28536 cases to find related words.
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28542 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28550 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28559 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28578 \begin_layout Section
28583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28594 Document ! Change Tracking
28600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28602 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28610 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28611 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28612 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28613 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 \begin_inset space ~
28620 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28622 \begin_inset space ~
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28631 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28640 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28643 \begin_inset space ~
28647 \begin_inset space ~
28660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28670 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28690 \begin_layout Standard
28691 \begin_inset Graphics
28692 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28712 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 \begin_inset Tabular
28720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28721 <features islongtable="true">
28722 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28729 \begin_inset Graphics
28730 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28732 rotateOrigin center
28741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28749 \begin_inset space ~
28752 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28768 \begin_inset Graphics
28769 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28771 rotateOrigin center
28780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28791 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28793 \begin_inset space ~
28797 \begin_inset space ~
28801 \begin_inset space ~
28810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28815 \begin_inset Graphics
28816 filename ../images/change-next.png
28817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28818 rotateOrigin center
28827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28831 Jumps to the next change
28837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28842 \begin_inset Graphics
28843 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28845 rotateOrigin center
28854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28862 \begin_inset space ~
28865 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28867 \begin_inset space ~
28876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_inset Graphics
28882 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28884 rotateOrigin center
28893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28901 \begin_inset space ~
28904 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28920 \begin_inset Graphics
28921 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28923 rotateOrigin center
28932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28940 \begin_inset space ~
28943 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28945 \begin_inset space ~
28954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 \begin_inset Graphics
28960 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28962 rotateOrigin center
28971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 \begin_inset space ~
28982 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28984 \begin_inset space ~
28988 \begin_inset space ~
28997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_inset Graphics
29003 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29005 rotateOrigin center
29014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29020 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29022 \begin_inset space ~
29025 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 \begin_inset space ~
29031 \begin_inset space ~
29040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29045 \begin_inset Graphics
29046 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29048 rotateOrigin center
29057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29064 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 \begin_inset Graphics
29081 filename ../images/note-next.png
29082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29083 rotateOrigin center
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29100 \begin_inset space ~
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29124 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29125 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29126 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29127 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29128 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29129 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29130 step to the next change.
29131 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29136 to describe a change.
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29140 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29149 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29155 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29156 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29162 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29165 \begin_layout Section
29166 International Support
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 International support
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29181 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29182 how to set up LyX to use them:
29183 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29185 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29193 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29194 \begin_inset space ~
29198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29200 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29207 \begin_layout Subsection
29212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29223 Document ! Settings
29232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29233 Document ! Language
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29244 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29247 dialog lets you set
29249 the language and character encoding for your language.
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 Choose your language in the
29258 section of this dialog.
29266 \begin_layout Standard
29271 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29275 use language's default encoding
29277 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29278 For details about the different encoding options see section
29279 \begin_inset space ~
29283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29285 reference "sub:Settings"
29292 \begin_layout Subsection
29293 Keyboard mapping configuration
29294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29296 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29303 \begin_layout Standard
29304 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29305 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29306 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29307 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29308 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29310 \begin_inset space ~
29314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29316 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29321 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29322 which one you want to use.
29325 \begin_layout Standard
29326 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29327 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29328 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29329 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29330 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29331 one to support the characters you want.
29332 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29339 \begin_layout Subsection
29341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29352 \begin_inset space ~
29356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29358 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29367 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29372 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29373 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29381 \begin_layout Itemize
29382 Even if you have selected
29388 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29391 dialog, users who have only the
29395 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29399 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29400 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29401 french quotes won't show up.
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 \begin_inset Float table
29410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 \begin_inset Caption
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29416 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 \begin_inset Tabular
29435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 \begin_layout Standard
33867 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33869 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33870 also the characters from
33882 \begin_layout Itemize
33891 \begin_layout Standard
33892 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33893 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33900 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33901 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33908 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33916 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33931 \begin_layout Standard
33933 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33939 \begin_layout Standard
33941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33948 \begin_layout Itemize
33961 \begin_layout Standard
33963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33969 \begin_layout Standard
33971 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33979 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33985 \begin_layout Standard
33987 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33993 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34001 \begin_layout Standard
34003 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34011 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34012 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34013 Also make sure you're using the
34020 \begin_layout Chapter
34023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34025 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34034 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34035 inside the user's guide.
34038 \begin_layout Section
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34052 \begin_layout Standard
34057 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34058 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34061 \begin_layout Subsection
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34066 Creates a new document.
34069 \begin_layout Subsection
34073 \begin_layout Standard
34074 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34075 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34076 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34079 \begin_layout Subsection
34083 \begin_layout Standard
34087 \begin_layout Subsection
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34092 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34093 Click there on a file to open it.
34096 \begin_layout Subsection
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 Closes the current document.
34104 \begin_layout Subsection
34108 \begin_layout Standard
34109 Saves the actual document.
34112 \begin_layout Subsection
34116 \begin_layout Standard
34117 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34120 \begin_layout Subsection
34124 \begin_layout Standard
34125 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34128 \begin_layout Subsection
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34133 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34134 It is described in the section
34136 Version Control in LyX
34141 \begin_inset space ~
34149 \begin_layout Subsection
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34154 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34155 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34156 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34159 \begin_layout Standard
34160 When using the menu
34163 \begin_inset space ~
34167 \begin_inset space ~
34172 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34173 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34174 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34175 will start a new paragraph.
34178 \begin_layout Subsection
34180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34189 \begin_layout Standard
34190 You can export your document to various file formats.
34191 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34192 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34193 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34199 \begin_inset space ~
34203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34205 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34212 \begin_layout Description
34216 \begin_inset space ~
34221 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34222 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34225 \begin_layout Description
34233 \begin_layout Description
34234 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34238 \begin_layout Description
34240 \begin_inset space ~
34244 \begin_inset space ~
34247 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34251 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34259 \begin_layout Description
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 \begin_inset space ~
34279 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34280 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34284 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34287 \begin_layout Description
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34302 \begin_inset space ~
34307 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34308 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34316 \begin_layout Description
34318 \begin_inset space ~
34321 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34329 is replaced by the version number)
34332 \begin_layout Description
34333 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34346 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34350 \begin_layout Description
34355 PDF-format using the program
34360 \begin_layout Description
34364 \begin_inset space ~
34369 PDF-format using the program
34374 \begin_layout Description
34378 \begin_inset space ~
34383 PDF-format using the program
34388 \begin_layout Description
34392 \begin_inset space ~
34400 \begin_layout Description
34404 \begin_inset space ~
34408 \begin_inset space ~
34413 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34414 and then exported as text using the program
34419 \begin_layout Description
34424 PostScript format using the program
34429 \begin_layout Description
34437 \begin_layout Standard
34442 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34443 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34449 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 If one of the menu entries
34460 \begin_inset space ~
34469 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34470 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34471 \begin_inset space ~
34475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34477 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34486 Reconfiguration of LyX
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34499 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34500 the export program.
34503 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34508 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34509 or send it to a printer.
34510 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34511 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34517 For more informations have a look at section
34518 \begin_inset space ~
34522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34524 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34531 \begin_layout Subsection
34532 New and Close Window
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34537 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34540 \begin_layout Section
34545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 Described in section
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34566 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34573 \begin_layout Subsection
34574 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34578 Described in section
34579 \begin_inset space ~
34583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34585 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34592 \begin_layout Subsection
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 Selects the whole document.
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 Described in section
34606 \begin_inset space ~
34610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34612 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34619 \begin_layout Subsection
34620 Move paragraph Up/Down
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34624 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34628 \begin_layout Subsection
34632 \begin_layout Standard
34633 Described in section
34634 \begin_inset space ~
34638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34640 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34647 \begin_layout Subsection
34652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 Paragraph ! Settings
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34662 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34664 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34667 \begin_layout Standard
34668 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34669 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34678 \begin_inset space ~
34686 \begin_layout Subsection
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34692 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34693 The properties of tables are described in section
34694 \begin_inset space ~
34698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34700 reference "sec:Tables"
34704 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34705 \begin_inset space ~
34709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34711 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34718 \begin_layout Subsection
34719 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34725 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34726 \begin_inset space ~
34730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34732 reference "sec:Nesting"
34737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34739 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34746 \begin_layout Section
34751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34765 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34766 document with an external program.
34767 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34768 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34769 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34770 \begin_inset space ~
34774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34776 reference "sub:Export"
34781 You should at least see the menu entries
34788 \begin_inset space ~
34794 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34795 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34802 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34811 Reconfiguration of LyX
34819 \begin_layout Standard
34820 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34821 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34822 \begin_inset space ~
34826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34828 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34833 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34837 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34840 At the bottom of the
34844 menu the opened documents are listed.
34847 \begin_layout Subsection
34851 \begin_layout Standard
34852 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34854 \begin_inset space ~
34858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34860 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34867 \begin_layout Subsection
34871 \begin_layout Standard
34872 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34873 opening a new view window.
34876 \begin_layout Subsection
34878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34880 name "sub:Toolbars"
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34897 \begin_layout Standard
34898 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34899 All toolbars and the
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34907 can be turned on and off.
34912 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34933 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34937 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34944 \begin_layout Standard
34949 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34953 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34954 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34955 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34956 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34957 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34962 \begin_inset space ~
34966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34968 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34975 \begin_layout Section
34980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34994 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34995 \begin_inset space ~
34999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35001 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35008 \begin_layout Subsection
35010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35012 name "sub:Special-Character"
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Here you can insert the following characters:
35023 \begin_layout Description
35024 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35028 \begin_layout Description
35030 \begin_inset space ~
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35037 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35038 \begin_inset space ~
35042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35044 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35051 \begin_layout Description
35053 \begin_inset space ~
35056 Quote Inserts this quote:
35057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35060 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35072 \begin_layout Description
35074 \begin_inset space ~
35077 Quote Inserts this quote:
35078 \begin_inset Quotes els
35084 \begin_layout Description
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35089 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35093 \begin_layout Description
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35118 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35119 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35120 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35129 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35135 \begin_inset Newline newline
35138 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35142 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35150 and this Wiki-page:
35151 \begin_inset Newline newline
35155 \begin_inset Flex URL
35158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35168 \begin_layout Subsection
35172 \begin_layout Standard
35173 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35176 \begin_layout Description
35177 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35178 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35184 \begin_layout Description
35185 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35186 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35192 \begin_layout Description
35194 \begin_inset space ~
35197 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35198 \begin_inset space ~
35202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35204 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35211 \begin_layout Description
35213 \begin_inset space ~
35216 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35217 \begin_inset space ~
35221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35223 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35230 \begin_layout Description
35232 \begin_inset space ~
35235 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35236 \begin_inset space ~
35240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35242 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35249 \begin_layout Description
35251 \begin_inset space ~
35254 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35255 \begin_inset space ~
35259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35261 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35268 \begin_layout Description
35270 \begin_inset space ~
35273 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35280 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35287 \begin_layout Description
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35292 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35293 \begin_inset space ~
35297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35299 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35306 \begin_layout Description
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35311 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35312 \begin_inset space ~
35316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35318 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35325 \begin_layout Description
35327 \begin_inset space ~
35330 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35337 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35344 \begin_layout Description
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35349 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35356 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35363 \begin_layout Description
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35368 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35369 \begin_inset space ~
35373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35375 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35382 \begin_layout Description
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35387 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35394 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35401 \begin_layout Description
35403 \begin_inset space ~
35407 \begin_inset space ~
35410 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35417 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35424 \begin_layout Subsection
35428 \begin_layout Standard
35429 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35430 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35432 \begin_inset space ~
35436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35438 reference "sec:toc"
35443 The index list is described in section
35444 \begin_inset space ~
35448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35450 reference "sec:Index"
35454 , the nomenclature in section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35465 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35466 \begin_inset space ~
35470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35472 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35479 \begin_layout Subsection
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35484 To insert floats, described in section
35485 \begin_inset space ~
35489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35491 reference "sec:Floats"
35498 \begin_layout Subsection
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 To insert notes, described in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sec:Notes"
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35529 reference "sec:Branches"
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35550 \begin_layout Standard
35551 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35552 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35563 \begin_layout Subsection
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35585 reference "sec:Minipages"
35590 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35606 Inserts a citation as described in section
35607 \begin_inset space ~
35611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35613 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35620 \begin_layout Subsection
35624 \begin_layout Standard
35625 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35632 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35639 \begin_layout Subsection
35643 \begin_layout Standard
35644 Inserts a label as described in section
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35651 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35658 \begin_layout Subsection
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35674 Longtables ! Caption
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35684 Floats are described in section
35685 \begin_inset space ~
35689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35691 reference "sec:Floats"
35695 , cations in longtables are described in section
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Index"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35737 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35750 Tables are described in section
35751 \begin_inset space ~
35755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35757 reference "sec:Tables"
35764 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Standard
35770 Graphics are described in section
35771 \begin_inset space ~
35775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35777 reference "sec:Graphics"
35784 \begin_layout Subsection
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35790 \begin_inset space ~
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35796 reference "sec:URL"
35803 \begin_layout Subsection
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 Inserts a footnote, see section
35809 \begin_inset space ~
35813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35815 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35822 \begin_layout Subsection
35826 \begin_layout Standard
35827 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35841 \begin_layout Subsection
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 Inserts a short title, see section
35847 \begin_inset space ~
35851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35853 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35860 \begin_layout Subsection
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35866 \begin_inset space ~
35870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35872 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35879 \begin_layout Subsection
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35893 \begin_layout Standard
35894 Inserts a program listings box.
35895 Program listings are explained in chapter
35897 Program Code Listings
35906 \begin_layout Subsection
35910 \begin_layout Standard
35911 Inserts the actual date.
35912 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35914 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35924 There the different methods are also compared.
35927 \begin_layout Section
35932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35941 \begin_layout Standard
35942 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35943 the current document.
35944 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35948 The Navigate menu also offers to
35951 \begin_layout Subsection
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35956 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35957 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35964 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35965 \begin_inset space ~
35968 2.5 and use the menu
35971 \begin_inset space ~
35975 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset space ~
35988 \begin_inset space ~
35992 \begin_inset space ~
35998 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36010 \begin_layout Standard
36011 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36012 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36015 \begin_layout Subsection
36016 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36019 \begin_layout Standard
36020 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36024 \begin_layout Subsection
36028 \begin_layout Standard
36029 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36030 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36031 on a cross-reference box.
36034 \begin_layout Section
36039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36048 \begin_layout Subsection
36052 \begin_layout Standard
36053 Change Tracking is described in section
36054 \begin_inset space ~
36058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36060 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36067 \begin_layout Subsection
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36082 \begin_layout Standard
36083 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36085 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36088 \begin_layout Standard
36089 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36094 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36097 \begin_layout Subsection
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36103 \begin_inset space ~
36107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36109 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36117 Start Appendix Here
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36122 position as described in section
36123 \begin_inset space ~
36127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36129 reference "sec:Appendices"
36136 \begin_layout Subsection
36140 \begin_layout Standard
36141 Un/compresses the actual document.
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36148 name "sub:Settings"
36156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36157 Document ! Settings
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36168 You can save your document settings as default with the
36170 Save as Document Defaults
36172 button in the dialog.
36173 This will create a template named
36177 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36181 \begin_layout Standard
36182 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36185 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36191 Document classes are described in section
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36198 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36203 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36208 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36209 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36212 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 The document font settings are described in section
36218 \begin_inset space ~
36222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36224 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36231 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36235 \begin_layout Standard
36236 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36238 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36244 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36245 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36257 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36261 \begin_layout Standard
36262 A description of this menu is given in section
36263 \begin_inset space ~
36267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36269 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36276 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36283 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36288 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36289 \begin_inset space ~
36293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36295 reference "sub:Margins"
36302 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36308 Language ! Encoding
36316 \begin_layout Standard
36317 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36318 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36319 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36320 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36321 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36322 known for a particular character).
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36327 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36328 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36333 manual for details.
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 If you use the option
36344 use language's default encoding
36346 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36348 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36349 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36350 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36351 exactly one encoding.
36352 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36361 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36362 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36364 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36380 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36381 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36382 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36383 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36384 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36385 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36388 use language's default encoding
36390 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36391 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36392 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36395 \begin_layout Standard
36396 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36399 \begin_layout Description
36401 \begin_inset space ~
36406 use language's default encoding
36408 , but the LaTeX-package
36416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36423 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36424 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36425 languages in TeX code.
36428 \begin_layout Description
36429 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36432 \begin_layout Description
36433 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36434 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36437 \begin_layout Description
36438 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36441 \begin_layout Description
36442 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36445 \begin_layout Description
36446 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36449 \begin_layout Description
36450 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36453 \begin_layout Description
36454 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36457 \begin_layout Description
36458 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36459 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36462 \begin_layout Description
36463 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36464 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36467 \begin_layout Description
36468 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36471 \begin_layout Description
36472 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36475 \begin_layout Description
36476 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36479 \begin_layout Description
36480 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36483 \begin_layout Description
36484 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36485 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36486 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36490 \begin_layout Description
36491 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36492 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36495 \begin_layout Description
36496 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36500 \begin_layout Description
36501 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36504 \begin_layout Description
36505 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36506 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36509 \begin_layout Description
36510 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36511 the euro currency sign, the
36515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36524 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36525 be the replacement for latin1
36528 \begin_layout Description
36529 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36542 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36548 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36552 \begin_layout Description
36553 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36567 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36570 \begin_layout Description
36571 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36585 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36588 \begin_layout Description
36589 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36593 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36602 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36617 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36621 \begin_layout Standard
36622 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36624 \begin_inset space ~
36628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36630 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36637 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36641 \begin_layout Standard
36642 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36671 For a further description see section
36672 \begin_inset space ~
36676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36678 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36685 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36690 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36713 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36718 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36726 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36727 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36735 is used for special integral characters.
36738 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36743 The float placement options are described in section
36744 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36750 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36757 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36762 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36763 The itemize environment is described in section
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36770 reference "sec:Itemize"
36777 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 Branches are described in section
36783 \begin_inset space ~
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36789 reference "sec:Branches"
36796 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36812 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36813 to define LaTeX-commands.
36814 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36815 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36821 \begin_inset space ~
36825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36827 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36834 \begin_layout Section
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36848 \begin_layout Subsection
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 Spell checking is explained in section
36854 \begin_inset space ~
36858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36860 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36867 \begin_layout Subsection
36871 \begin_layout Standard
36872 The thesaurus is described in section
36873 \begin_inset space ~
36877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36879 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36886 \begin_layout Subsection
36891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36900 \begin_layout Standard
36901 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36905 \begin_layout Subsection
36910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36920 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36923 \begin_layout Subsection
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 Reconfiguration of LyX
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 Reconfiguration of LyX
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36971 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36972 \begin_inset space ~
36976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36978 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36985 \begin_layout Subsection
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36990 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36997 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37004 \begin_layout Section
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37019 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37023 \begin_layout Standard
37027 \begin_inset space ~
37032 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37033 found by LyX (see also section
37034 \begin_inset space ~
37038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37040 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37047 \begin_layout Section
37049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37051 name "sec:Toolbars"
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37060 \begin_inset space ~
37064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37066 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37073 \begin_layout Standard
37074 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37075 This is described in the
37082 \begin_layout Subsection
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 \begin_layout Standard
37097 \begin_inset Graphics
37098 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37106 \begin_layout Standard
37107 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37113 \begin_layout Standard
37114 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37131 \begin_inset Note Note
37134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37140 manual for more information.
37148 \begin_layout Standard
37149 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37156 \begin_inset Tabular
37157 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37158 <features islongtable="true">
37159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37166 \begin_inset Graphics
37167 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37181 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37194 \begin_layout Standard
37195 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37203 \begin_inset Tabular
37204 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37205 <features islongtable="true">
37206 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37207 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37215 \begin_inset Graphics
37216 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 \begin_inset Graphics
37245 filename ../images/file-open.png
37246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 \begin_inset Graphics
37274 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37290 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 \begin_inset Graphics
37303 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_inset Graphics
37332 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 \begin_inset Graphics
37361 filename ../images/undo.png
37362 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37389 \begin_inset Graphics
37390 filename ../images/redo.png
37391 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 \begin_inset Graphics
37419 filename ../images/cut.png
37420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37435 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 \begin_inset Graphics
37448 filename ../images/copy.png
37449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 \begin_inset Graphics
37477 filename ../images/paste.png
37478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 \begin_inset Graphics
37506 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37508 rotateOrigin center
37517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 \begin_inset Graphics
37544 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37560 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 \begin_inset Graphics
37579 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37595 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37597 \begin_inset space ~
37608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 \begin_inset Graphics
37614 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 Formats text using the current settings in the
37630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 \begin_inset Graphics
37649 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37668 \begin_inset space ~
37677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 \begin_inset Graphics
37683 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37685 rotateOrigin center
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 \begin_inset Graphics
37713 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37715 rotateOrigin center
37724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 \begin_inset Graphics
37743 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37745 rotateOrigin center
37754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37758 Toggle outline window on/off,
37760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_inset Graphics
37773 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37775 rotateOrigin center
37784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37788 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37799 \begin_inset Graphics
37800 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37802 rotateOrigin center
37811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37815 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37828 \begin_layout Subsection
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 \begin_layout Standard
37843 \begin_inset Graphics
37844 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37859 \begin_layout Standard
37860 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37864 \begin_layout Standard
37865 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37872 \begin_inset Tabular
37873 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37874 <features islongtable="true">
37875 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37876 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename ../images/layout.png
37884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37885 rotateOrigin center
37894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 \begin_inset Graphics
37910 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37911 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37912 rotateOrigin center
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 \begin_inset Graphics
37937 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37939 rotateOrigin center
37948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37963 \begin_inset Graphics
37964 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37966 rotateOrigin center
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 \begin_inset Graphics
37991 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37993 rotateOrigin center
38002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38017 \begin_inset Graphics
38018 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38019 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38020 rotateOrigin center
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38037 \begin_inset space ~
38041 \begin_inset space ~
38050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38055 \begin_inset Graphics
38056 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38057 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38058 rotateOrigin center
38067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 \begin_inset space ~
38079 \begin_inset space ~
38088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 \begin_inset Graphics
38094 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38111 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38141 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38148 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 \begin_inset Graphics
38154 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38155 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 \begin_inset Graphics
38183 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 \begin_inset Graphics
38212 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 \begin_inset Graphics
38241 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38259 \begin_inset space ~
38268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38273 \begin_inset Graphics
38274 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38292 \begin_inset space ~
38301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 \begin_inset Graphics
38307 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 \begin_inset Graphics
38336 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38338 rotateOrigin center
38347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38355 \begin_inset space ~
38364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 \begin_inset Graphics
38370 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38387 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38389 \begin_inset space ~
38398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38403 \begin_inset Graphics
38404 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38432 \begin_inset Graphics
38433 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 \begin_inset Graphics
38462 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38523 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38525 \begin_inset space ~
38534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 \begin_inset Graphics
38540 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38542 rotateOrigin center
38551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38559 \begin_inset space ~
38568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 \begin_inset Graphics
38574 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38576 rotateOrigin center
38585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38591 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38593 \begin_inset space ~
38602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 \begin_inset Graphics
38608 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38610 rotateOrigin center
38619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38639 \begin_layout Subsection
38640 View / Update Toolbar
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38645 Toolbar ! View / Update
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 \begin_inset Graphics
38655 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38669 \begin_layout Standard
38670 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38674 \begin_layout Standard
38675 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38681 \begin_layout Standard
38682 \begin_inset Tabular
38683 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38684 <features islongtable="true">
38685 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38686 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 \begin_inset Graphics
38693 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38695 rotateOrigin center
38704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38710 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 \begin_inset Graphics
38723 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38724 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38725 rotateOrigin center
38734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38741 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38753 \begin_inset Graphics
38754 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38756 rotateOrigin center
38765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38783 \begin_inset Graphics
38784 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38785 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38786 rotateOrigin center
38795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38802 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38808 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38809 functionality is merged with
38811 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38831 \begin_inset Graphics
38832 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38834 rotateOrigin center
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 \begin_inset Graphics
38862 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38863 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38864 rotateOrigin center
38873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38880 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38894 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38899 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38906 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38910 , the table toolbar
38914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38920 is explained in the
38927 \begin_layout Chapter
38933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38935 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38953 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38958 \begin_layout Section
38962 \begin_layout Subsection
38964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38975 Customization ! of toolbars
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38985 Customization ! of menus
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38994 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39002 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39011 User Interface File
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39016 Customization ! of toolbars
39025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39026 Customization ! of menus
39034 \begin_layout Standard
39035 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39036 interface (ui) file.
39037 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39038 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39047 Both files are loaded by the
39052 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39053 files and edit the entries.
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39069 entries must be ended with an explicit
39094 and in the case of the
39095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39107 The syntax for the entries is:
39110 \begin_layout Standard
39111 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39141 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39144 All LyX-functions are listed in
39145 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39154 \begin_layout Standard
39155 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39161 \begin_layout Standard
39162 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39164 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39167 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39171 \begin_layout Standard
39172 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39177 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39182 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39185 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39203 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39204 Several binding files are available:
39207 \begin_layout Description
39208 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39211 \begin_layout Description
39212 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39223 \begin_layout Description
39224 mac.bind set of bindings for
39227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39240 , and bind files for special languages.
39241 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39251 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 Some bind-files, like
39260 , have only a small scope.
39261 When looking at the the end of the file
39265 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39270 s with a text editor.
39271 The syntax of the entries is:
39274 \begin_layout Standard
39280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39298 \begin_layout Standard
39299 All LyX-functions are listed in
39300 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39324 restore window size, or use fixed size
39326 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39341 restore window position
39343 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39346 \begin_layout Standard
39349 Restore cursor positions
39351 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39358 Load opened files from last session
39360 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39367 name "sub:Backup documents"
39375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39384 \begin_layout Standard
39389 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39392 \begin_layout Standard
39397 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39414 \begin_layout Standard
39417 Cursor follows scrollbar
39419 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39427 \begin_layout Standard
39430 Enable Pixmap Cache
39432 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39433 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39434 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39435 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39437 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39444 \begin_layout Subsection
39449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39458 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39465 \begin_layout Standard
39466 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39469 \begin_layout Standard
39470 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 This section only deals with the fonts
39483 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39487 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39498 \begin_layout Standard
39499 By default, LyX uses
39503 as roman (serif) font,
39511 (depends on the system) as
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 You can change the font size with the
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39543 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39544 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39549 points have the size of 1
39550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39554 \begin_inset space ~
39558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39560 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39567 \begin_layout Standard
39572 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39573 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39577 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39584 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39591 \begin_layout Subsection
39596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 \begin_layout Standard
39616 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39617 Choose an item in the list and use the
39624 \begin_layout Subsection
39629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39630 Settings ! Graphics
39638 \begin_layout Standard
39639 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39642 \begin_layout Standard
39647 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39648 This feature is described in section
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39655 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39662 \begin_layout Subsection
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39678 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39686 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39693 \begin_layout Standard
39694 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39695 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39704 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39705 can use the keyboard map file named
39712 \begin_layout Standard
39713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39721 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39729 \begin_layout Section
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 Settings ! Directory
39753 \begin_layout Description
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39759 It is the default when you
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39778 \begin_layout Description
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39783 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39785 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39814 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39815 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39830 will be used to save the backups.
39831 \begin_inset Newline newline
39834 The backup files have the ending
39835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39845 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39857 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39858 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39859 \begin_inset Newline newline
39863 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39871 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39879 \begin_layout Description
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39884 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39887 \begin_layout Description
39889 \begin_inset space ~
39892 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39893 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39894 to find it on the system.
39895 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39896 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39905 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39906 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39910 \begin_layout Section
39914 \begin_layout Standard
39915 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39916 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39924 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39928 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39931 \begin_layout Section
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39937 Language ! Settings
39946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39947 Settings ! Language
39955 \begin_layout Subsection
39959 \begin_layout Description
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39964 language is the language used in new documents
39967 \begin_layout Description
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39972 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39974 The default is the LaTeX-command
39980 that loads the package
39988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39989 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39996 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40006 \begin_inset Newline newline
40013 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40014 the document language.
40015 A text label is for instance the word
40016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40023 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40026 \begin_layout Description
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40031 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40032 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40033 An example is the start command
40039 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40059 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40074 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40075 command toggles the package on and off.
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40090 \begin_layout Description
40091 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40092 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40093 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40094 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40101 \begin_layout Description
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40106 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40108 When this option is not set, the
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40116 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40117 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40128 \begin_layout Description
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40142 When it is not set, the
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40150 is set to the end of the document.
40153 \begin_layout Description
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_inset space ~
40162 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40163 language will be underlined blue.
40166 \begin_layout Description
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset space ~
40176 \begin_inset space ~
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40183 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40187 \begin_layout Subsection
40191 \begin_layout Standard
40192 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40193 \begin_inset space ~
40197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40199 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40206 \begin_layout Section
40210 \begin_layout Subsection
40212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40241 \begin_layout Description
40243 \begin_inset space ~
40246 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40247 The name will be used when the
40252 \begin_inset Newline newline
40256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40273 \begin_layout Description
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40286 printer This option works only for the
40291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40303 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40304 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40307 \begin_layout Description
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40312 command is the command LyX
40313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40320 LaTeX uses for printing.
40321 The default is on most systems
40328 \begin_layout Description
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40337 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40338 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40339 of the program that provides the
40346 \begin_layout Subsection
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 Settings ! Date format
40370 \begin_layout Standard
40371 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40372 \begin_inset Newline newline
40376 \begin_inset Flex URL
40379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40381 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40387 \begin_inset Newline newline
40390 For example the format
40391 \begin_inset Newline newline
40395 \begin_inset Newline newline
40398 prints the date as day/month/year.
40401 \begin_layout Subsection
40405 \begin_layout Description
40407 \begin_inset space ~
40411 \begin_inset space ~
40414 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40417 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40418 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40426 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40430 \begin_layout Description
40432 \begin_inset space ~
40435 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40440 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40441 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40444 \begin_layout Subsection
40449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40459 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40476 \begin_layout Description
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 \begin_inset space ~
40492 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40497 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40519 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40532 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40533 LyX sets up in the background.
40534 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40537 \begin_layout Description
40539 \begin_inset space ~
40543 \begin_inset space ~
40546 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40551 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40554 \begin_layout Description
40556 \begin_inset space ~
40560 \begin_inset space ~
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40568 \begin_inset space ~
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40576 \begin_inset space ~
40579 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40584 dialog when changing the document class.
40587 \begin_layout Standard
40590 External Applications
40592 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40593 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40594 manuals of the applications.
40595 Currently the following commands can be set:
40598 \begin_layout Description
40603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_inset space ~
40614 command Command for the program
40618 that is described in section
40629 \begin_layout Description
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 \begin_inset space ~
40645 command Command for the program
40649 that generates the bibliography, see section
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40656 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40663 \begin_layout Description
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40668 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40675 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40682 \begin_layout Description
40684 \begin_inset space ~
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40692 \begin_inset space ~
40696 \begin_inset space ~
40699 options They only have an effect when the program
40703 is used as DVI-viewer.
40706 \begin_layout Subsection
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 \begin_layout Standard
40735 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40738 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40740 uses the Windows path style:
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 instead of the Unix path style:
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40759 \begin_layout Section
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40775 from one format to another.
40776 You can modify them or create new ones.
40777 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40784 \begin_inset space ~
40794 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40803 drop-down list, modify the
40807 field, and press the
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40817 Converter File Cache
40819 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40822 Maximum Age (in days
40825 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40826 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40831 the converter definition, is described in section
40842 \begin_layout Section
40847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40856 name "sec:File-Formats"
40863 \begin_layout Standard
40864 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40865 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40867 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40875 \begin_inset space ~
40887 \begin_layout Standard
40888 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40889 is described in section
40900 \begin_layout Section
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40914 \begin_layout Standard
40915 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40916 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40917 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40918 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40919 This is done by a Copier.
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 More about converters is described in section
40934 \begin_layout Chapter
40935 Units available in LyX
40939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40948 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40955 \begin_layout Standard
40956 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40959 reference "cap:Units"
40963 explains all units available in LyX.
40966 \begin_layout Standard
40967 \begin_inset Float table
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 \begin_inset Caption
40976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40992 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_inset Tabular
41001 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 scaled point (65536
41156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41216 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41271 % of original image width
41278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41485 \begin_layout Chapter
41487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41496 \begin_layout Standard
41497 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41498 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41501 \begin_layout Itemize
41504 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41507 \begin_layout Itemize
41513 \begin_layout Itemize
41519 \begin_layout Itemize
41525 \begin_layout Itemize
41531 \begin_layout Itemize
41537 \begin_layout Itemize
41543 \begin_layout Itemize
41549 \begin_layout Itemize
41552 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41555 \begin_layout Itemize
41561 \begin_layout Itemize
41567 \begin_layout Itemize
41573 \begin_layout Itemize
41579 \begin_layout Itemize
41585 \begin_layout Itemize
41591 \begin_layout Itemize
41597 \begin_layout Itemize
41603 \begin_layout Itemize
41605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41614 \begin_layout Standard
41615 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41618 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41625 \begin_layout Bibliography
41626 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41627 LatexCommand bibitem
41634 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41637 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41642 \begin_inset Newline newline
41646 \begin_inset Flex URL
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41659 \begin_layout Bibliography
41660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41661 LatexCommand bibitem
41662 key "latexcompanion"
41666 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41668 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41671 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41674 \begin_layout Bibliography
41675 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41676 LatexCommand bibitem
41681 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41684 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41687 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41690 \begin_layout Bibliography
41691 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41692 LatexCommand bibitem
41699 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41702 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41705 \begin_layout Bibliography
41706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41707 LatexCommand bibitem
41719 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41722 \begin_layout Bibliography
41723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41724 LatexCommand bibitem
41730 \begin_inset Newline newline
41734 \begin_inset Flex URL
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41747 \begin_layout Bibliography
41748 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41749 LatexCommand bibitem
41755 \begin_inset Newline newline
41759 \begin_inset Flex URL
41762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41772 \begin_layout Bibliography
41773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41774 LatexCommand bibitem
41780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41782 name "Documentation"
41783 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41792 \begin_inset Newline newline
41796 \begin_inset Flex URL
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41809 \begin_layout Bibliography
41810 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41811 LatexCommand bibitem
41817 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41819 name "Documentation"
41820 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41829 \begin_inset Newline newline
41833 \begin_inset Flex URL
41836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41846 \begin_layout Bibliography
41847 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41848 LatexCommand bibitem
41854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41856 name "Documentation"
41857 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41861 of the LaTeX-package
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41876 \begin_inset Newline newline
41880 \begin_inset Flex URL
41883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41893 \begin_layout Bibliography
41894 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41895 LatexCommand bibitem
41901 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41903 name "Documentation"
41904 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41908 of the LaTeX-package
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41917 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41923 \begin_inset Newline newline
41927 \begin_inset Flex URL
41930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41932 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41940 \begin_layout Bibliography
41941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41942 LatexCommand bibitem
41948 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41950 name "Documentation"
41951 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41955 of the LaTeX-package
41963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41970 \begin_inset Newline newline
41974 \begin_inset Flex URL
41977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41979 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41987 \begin_layout Bibliography
41988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41989 LatexCommand bibitem
41995 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41997 name "Documentation"
41998 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42002 of the LaTeX-package
42010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42017 \begin_inset Newline newline
42021 \begin_inset Flex URL
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42034 \begin_layout Bibliography
42035 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42036 LatexCommand bibitem
42042 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42044 name "Documentation"
42045 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42049 of the LaTeX-package
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42064 \begin_inset Newline newline
42068 \begin_inset Flex URL
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42081 \begin_layout Bibliography
42082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42083 LatexCommand bibitem
42089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42092 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42096 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42097 \begin_inset Newline newline
42101 \begin_inset Flex URL
42104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42106 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42114 \begin_layout Bibliography
42115 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42116 LatexCommand bibitem
42122 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42125 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42129 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42130 \begin_inset Newline newline
42134 \begin_inset Flex URL
42137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42147 \begin_layout Bibliography
42148 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42149 LatexCommand bibitem
42155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42158 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42162 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42163 \begin_inset Newline newline
42167 \begin_inset Flex URL
42170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42180 \begin_layout Bibliography
42181 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42182 LatexCommand bibitem
42188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42191 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42195 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42196 \begin_inset Newline newline
42200 \begin_inset Flex URL
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42213 \begin_layout Bibliography
42214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42215 LatexCommand bibitem
42221 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42224 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42228 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42229 \begin_inset Newline newline
42233 \begin_inset Flex URL
42236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42246 \begin_layout Bibliography
42247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42248 LatexCommand bibitem
42254 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42257 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42261 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42262 \begin_inset Newline newline
42266 \begin_inset Flex URL
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42279 \begin_layout Bibliography
42280 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42281 LatexCommand bibitem
42287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42290 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42294 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42295 \begin_inset Newline newline
42299 \begin_inset Flex URL
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42312 \begin_layout Bibliography
42313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42314 LatexCommand bibitem
42320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42323 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42327 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42328 \begin_inset Newline newline
42332 \begin_inset Flex URL
42335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42345 \begin_layout Bibliography
42346 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42347 LatexCommand bibitem
42353 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42356 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42360 about new features in
42365 \begin_inset Newline newline
42369 \begin_inset Flex URL
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42382 \begin_layout Standard
42383 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 \begin_inset Note Note
42420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42428 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42429 bibliography is the second one:
42437 \begin_layout Standard
42438 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42439 LatexCommand bibtex
42440 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42441 options "biblio/alphadin"
42448 \begin_layout Standard
42449 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42452 \begin_layout Standard
42455 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42456 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42461 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42462 LatexCommand printindex